1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
167 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
168 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
169 symbol without a GOT entry. */
170 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
173 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
174 the global hash table. */
176 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
178 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
180 /* External symbol information. */
183 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
185 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
187 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
188 a readonly section. */
189 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
191 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
192 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
193 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
195 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
197 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
198 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
201 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
202 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
203 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
205 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
206 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
209 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
210 being called returns a floating point value. */
211 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
213 /* Are we forced local? .*/
214 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
217 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
219 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
221 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
223 /* We no longer use this. */
224 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
225 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
227 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
228 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
229 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
230 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
231 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
232 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
233 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
234 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
236 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
237 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
240 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
245 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
246 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
247 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
251 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
253 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
256 "_procedure_string_table",
257 "_procedure_table_size",
261 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
266 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
267 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
268 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
269 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
270 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
271 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
280 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
281 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
282 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
286 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
287 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
288 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
289 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
290 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
291 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
296 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
297 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
298 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
299 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
300 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
308 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
314 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
316 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
318 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
319 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
320 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
321 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
322 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
323 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
324 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
325 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
327 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
328 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
329 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
330 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
331 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
333 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
334 has different meaning for each type:
337 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
338 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
339 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
340 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
343 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
344 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
345 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
346 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
348 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
349 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
350 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
351 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
353 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
354 loader for use by the static exception system. */
356 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
357 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
358 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
359 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
360 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
361 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
362 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
363 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
364 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
365 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
367 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
369 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
370 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
372 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
373 (struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *);
374 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
375 (bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*);
376 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
377 (void *, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
378 struct ecoff_debug_info
*);
379 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
380 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
381 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
382 (bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*);
383 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
384 (bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*);
385 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
386 (bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*);
387 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
388 (bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*);
389 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
390 (const void *, const void *);
391 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
392 (const void *, const void *);
393 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
394 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
395 static int gptab_compare
396 (const void *, const void *);
397 static asection
*mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
398 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
399 static asection
*mips_elf_got_section
400 (bfd
*, bfd_boolean
);
401 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
402 (bfd
*, asection
**);
403 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
404 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
);
405 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
406 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
407 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
408 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*);
409 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
410 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
);
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
412 (bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
);
413 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
414 (bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
);
415 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
416 (struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long);
417 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
418 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
419 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
420 (bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*);
421 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
422 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
423 struct mips_got_info
*);
424 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
425 (bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
426 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
427 (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
);
428 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
430 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
432 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
434 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
436 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
437 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
439 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
);
440 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
441 (bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
442 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
443 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
444 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
);
445 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
446 (reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*);
447 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
448 (struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
449 bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, bfd_boolean
);
450 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
452 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
453 (bfd
*, unsigned int);
454 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
455 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
457 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
458 static void mips_set_isa_flags
460 static INLINE
char *elf_mips_abi_name
462 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
463 (bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*);
464 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
465 (unsigned long, unsigned long);
466 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
468 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
470 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
472 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
473 (const void *, const void *);
475 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
476 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
477 asection
*, bfd_size_type
);
478 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
480 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
481 (const void *, const void *);
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
484 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
485 (const void *, const void *);
486 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
488 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
490 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
492 static int mips_elf_set_no_stub
494 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
496 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
497 (struct mips_got_info
*);
498 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
499 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
500 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
501 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
503 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
504 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
506 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
508 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
509 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
511 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
512 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
513 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
515 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
516 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
518 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
519 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
520 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
522 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
523 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
524 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
526 /* The name of the options section. */
527 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
528 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
530 /* The name of the stub section. */
531 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
533 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
534 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
535 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
537 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
538 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
539 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
541 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
542 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
543 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
545 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
547 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
549 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
550 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
551 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
553 /* Get word-sized data. */
554 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
555 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
557 /* Put out word-sized data. */
558 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
560 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
561 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
563 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
564 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
565 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
567 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
568 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
570 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
571 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
572 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
573 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
574 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
575 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
576 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
577 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
578 section, that is RELA. */
579 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
580 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
581 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
582 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
583 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
584 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
585 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
587 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
588 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
589 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
590 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
592 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
593 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
595 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
596 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
598 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
600 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
602 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
603 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
605 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
606 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
607 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
609 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
610 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
611 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
612 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
614 ? 0x64180000 /* daddiu t8,zero,0 */ \
615 : 0x24180000)) /* addiu t8,zero,0 */
616 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
618 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
621 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
622 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
623 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
624 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
627 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
628 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
629 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
630 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
631 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
632 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
633 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
634 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
636 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
637 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
639 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
641 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
642 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
645 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
646 floating point arguments.
648 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
649 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
650 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
651 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
652 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
653 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
654 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
655 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
657 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
658 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
659 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
660 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
661 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
662 stub should be discarded.
664 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
665 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
666 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
667 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
668 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
669 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
670 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
673 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
674 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
675 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
677 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
679 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
680 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
681 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
683 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
685 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
686 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
687 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
690 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
692 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
693 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
695 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
698 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
700 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
701 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
703 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
705 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
706 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
707 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
710 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
712 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
715 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
717 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
719 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
720 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
721 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
725 /* Set local fields. */
726 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
727 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
728 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
730 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
731 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
732 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
734 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
735 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
736 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
737 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
740 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
744 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
746 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
747 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
749 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
752 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
754 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
757 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
758 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
761 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
762 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
765 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
768 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
769 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
771 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
772 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
775 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
776 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
779 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
780 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
782 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
784 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
785 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
789 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
790 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
791 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
793 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
794 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
798 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
799 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
800 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
801 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
802 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
803 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
805 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
806 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
807 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
808 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
809 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
819 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
821 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
822 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
823 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
824 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
825 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
826 free (debug
->external_sym
);
827 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
828 free (debug
->external_opt
);
829 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
830 free (debug
->external_aux
);
831 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
833 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
835 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
836 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
837 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
838 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
839 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
840 free (debug
->external_ext
);
844 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
847 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
849 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
850 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
851 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
852 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
853 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
854 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
856 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
857 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
859 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
861 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
865 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
868 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
870 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
872 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
873 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
875 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
877 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
878 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
883 unsigned long sindex
;
887 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
895 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
897 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
901 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
903 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
907 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
910 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
911 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
915 size
= sizeof (char *);
916 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
920 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
921 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
922 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
926 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
930 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
933 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, ss
))
937 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
939 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
940 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
942 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
943 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
944 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
945 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
946 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
947 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
948 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
950 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
951 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
955 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
956 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
957 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
960 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
964 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
967 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
969 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
970 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
971 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
972 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
974 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
976 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
978 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
980 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
982 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
984 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
985 matters, but someday it might). */
986 s
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
1015 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1019 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1020 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1022 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1023 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1025 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1026 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1028 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1029 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1030 being included in the link. */
1031 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1032 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1033 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1034 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1037 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1038 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1040 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1041 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1042 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1043 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1044 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1045 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1046 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1049 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1050 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1052 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1053 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1054 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1055 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1056 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1057 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1058 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1064 bfd_reloc_status_type
1065 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1066 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1067 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1071 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1073 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1076 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1078 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1079 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1081 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1082 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1084 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1085 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1087 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1089 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1090 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1091 an external symbol. */
1093 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1094 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1096 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1098 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1100 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1101 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1105 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1108 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1110 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1113 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1114 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1115 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1120 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1122 asection
*input_section
;
1126 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1128 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1130 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1131 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1132 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1134 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1135 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1136 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1137 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1139 bfd_reloc_status_type
1140 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1141 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1142 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1143 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1145 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1147 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1148 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1150 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1152 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1154 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1156 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1157 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1160 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1161 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1163 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1166 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1167 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1168 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1170 bfd_reloc_status_type
1171 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1172 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1173 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1175 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1176 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1177 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1178 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1179 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1180 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1183 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1184 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1187 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1188 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1189 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1191 bfd_reloc_status_type
1192 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1193 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1194 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1198 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1199 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1201 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1202 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1204 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1205 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1207 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1209 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1210 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1211 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1212 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1213 has a rightshift of 0. */
1214 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1215 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1217 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1218 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1219 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1221 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1222 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1224 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1227 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1231 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1232 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1236 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1237 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1238 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1240 bfd_reloc_status_type
1241 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1242 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1243 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1244 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1247 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1248 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1250 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1252 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1253 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1255 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1257 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1259 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1260 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1261 offset or address. */
1262 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1263 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1268 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1269 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1270 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1271 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1273 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1274 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1275 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1279 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1280 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1281 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1282 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1283 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1284 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1287 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1288 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1290 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1291 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1293 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1294 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1299 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1301 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1304 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1305 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1308 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1311 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1312 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1316 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1317 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1319 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1320 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1324 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1325 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1327 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1328 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1329 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1330 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1331 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1332 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1336 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1337 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1341 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1342 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1343 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1344 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1345 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1346 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1347 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1350 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1351 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1352 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1355 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1358 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1359 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1360 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1361 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1362 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1363 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1367 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1368 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1370 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1371 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1372 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1373 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1374 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1375 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1378 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1379 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1380 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1381 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1382 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1385 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1386 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1388 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1389 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1390 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1391 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1392 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1393 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1394 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1398 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1399 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1401 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1402 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1403 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1404 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1405 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1406 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1407 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1410 /* Swap in an options header. */
1413 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1414 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1416 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1417 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1418 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1419 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1422 /* Swap out an options header. */
1425 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1426 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1428 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1429 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1430 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1431 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1434 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1435 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1438 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1440 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1441 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1443 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1444 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1446 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1449 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1452 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1454 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1455 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1457 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1458 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1459 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1460 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1462 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1463 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1467 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1468 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1469 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1470 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1471 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1472 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1473 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1474 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1475 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1476 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1477 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1478 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1479 when generating a final executable. */
1482 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1484 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1486 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1488 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1489 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1491 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1493 else if (((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
1494 || (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
1495 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0
1496 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) == 0)
1498 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1499 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1500 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1501 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1502 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1510 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1513 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1514 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1515 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1516 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1517 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1518 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1520 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1521 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1525 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1527 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1528 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1529 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1531 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1532 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1533 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1535 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1537 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1538 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1539 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1540 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1542 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1544 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1545 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1546 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1549 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1551 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1552 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1553 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1558 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1559 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1561 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1562 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1563 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1564 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1567 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1569 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1570 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1571 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1572 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1573 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1574 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1575 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1576 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1577 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1578 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1579 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1580 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1581 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1582 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1583 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1584 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1585 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1587 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1591 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1592 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1595 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1596 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1597 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1598 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1600 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1601 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1602 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1603 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1605 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1606 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1607 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1608 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1609 + sec
->output_offset
1610 + output_section
->vma
);
1612 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1614 else if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1617 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1619 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1621 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1622 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1627 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1628 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1629 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1631 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1634 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1635 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1636 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1637 + sec
->output_offset
1638 + output_section
->vma
);
1640 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1648 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1649 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1652 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1659 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1662 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1664 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1665 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1667 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1670 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1672 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1675 static INLINE hashval_t
1676 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1679 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1685 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1686 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1690 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1692 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1694 return entry
->symndx
1695 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1697 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1698 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1702 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1704 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1705 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1707 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1708 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1709 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1710 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1713 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1714 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1715 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1719 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1721 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1723 return entry
->symndx
1725 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1726 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1728 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1729 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1733 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1735 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1736 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1738 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1739 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1740 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1741 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1742 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1745 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1748 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
1750 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1753 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1754 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1756 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1758 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1763 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1765 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1766 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
1772 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1775 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
1777 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1779 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1784 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1785 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1788 static struct mips_got_info
*
1789 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
1792 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1794 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1795 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1796 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1797 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1798 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1801 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1806 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1807 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1808 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1811 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1815 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1816 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1818 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1820 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1822 return entry
->gotidx
;
1827 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1830 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1834 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1835 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1837 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1838 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1840 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1842 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1844 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1849 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1851 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1853 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1858 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1859 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1861 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1862 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1863 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1865 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1866 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1867 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1868 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
1873 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1874 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1875 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1876 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1877 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1880 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1881 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
1884 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1886 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1888 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1890 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1892 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1897 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1900 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1905 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1906 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1909 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1910 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
1913 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1914 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1918 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1919 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1920 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1922 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1925 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1927 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1929 return entry
->gotidx
;
1934 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1938 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1939 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
1943 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1945 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1946 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1947 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1949 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1952 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1953 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1955 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1956 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
,
1957 struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
1958 asection
*sgot
, bfd_vma value
)
1960 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1961 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1965 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1967 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1970 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1971 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1974 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1979 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1981 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1986 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1988 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
1990 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
1991 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1992 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1993 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1994 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1998 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
1999 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2004 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2005 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2006 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2007 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2008 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2009 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2012 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2014 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2015 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2018 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2020 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2023 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2024 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2025 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2026 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2027 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2028 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2029 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2030 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2031 too large offsets. */
2032 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2033 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2034 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2035 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2036 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2039 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2040 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2041 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2042 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2043 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2045 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2046 table index in the GOT. */
2047 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2052 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2053 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2057 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2059 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2061 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2062 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2064 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2066 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2069 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2070 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2071 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2073 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2075 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2076 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2077 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2079 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2080 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2083 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2084 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2090 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2091 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2095 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2096 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2097 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2099 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2101 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2103 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2105 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2109 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2112 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2118 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2120 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2123 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2124 need to do it again. */
2128 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2134 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2136 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2139 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2140 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2141 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2147 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2148 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2151 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2152 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2154 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2157 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2158 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2159 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2160 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2165 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2167 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2172 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2177 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2180 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2182 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2183 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2185 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2188 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2191 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2193 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2194 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2195 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2196 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2198 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2201 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2202 be the master GOT data. */
2204 static struct mips_got_info
*
2205 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2207 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2213 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2214 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2217 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2218 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2222 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2224 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2225 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2226 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2227 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2228 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2231 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2233 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2234 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2235 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2241 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2242 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2252 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2253 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2254 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2261 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2262 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2264 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2265 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2266 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2267 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2277 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2278 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2279 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2284 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2292 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2293 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2294 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2295 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2296 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2297 and then make make the new got current. */
2300 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
2302 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2303 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2304 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2305 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2306 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2307 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2309 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2310 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2311 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2313 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2314 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2316 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2317 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2318 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2319 else if (arg
->primary
2320 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2322 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2323 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2324 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2326 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2328 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2329 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2331 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2334 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2335 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2336 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2339 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2340 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2342 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2343 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2345 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2346 else if (arg
->current
2347 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2349 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2350 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2351 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2353 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2355 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2356 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2358 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2361 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2363 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2364 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2366 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2367 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2369 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2370 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2371 overflows anyway. */
2374 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2375 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2377 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2383 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2384 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2385 got) to the given VALUE.
2387 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2388 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2389 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2390 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2391 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2392 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2393 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2394 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
2397 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2399 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2400 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2401 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2402 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2404 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2405 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2409 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2411 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2412 if (arg
->info
->shared
2413 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2414 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2415 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2416 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2417 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
2418 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2421 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2427 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
2428 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
2430 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2432 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2434 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
2435 && entry
->symndx
== -1
2436 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2437 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2442 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2443 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2444 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2445 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2446 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2447 the traversal must be restarted. */
2449 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2451 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2452 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2454 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2458 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2459 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2460 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2462 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2467 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2468 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2469 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2471 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2472 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2475 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2476 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2478 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2481 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2482 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2488 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2491 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
2497 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2499 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2500 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2503 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2506 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2509 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2511 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2514 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2518 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2522 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2525 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2526 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2529 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2530 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
2531 bfd_size_type pages
)
2533 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2534 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2535 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2536 unsigned int assign
;
2538 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2539 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2540 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2543 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2544 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2545 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2547 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2548 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2549 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2550 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2551 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2554 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2555 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2556 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2557 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2558 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2559 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2560 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2561 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2563 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2564 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2565 to be the primary GOT. */
2566 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2567 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2570 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2571 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2573 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2574 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2575 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2578 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2579 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2580 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2581 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2582 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2583 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2585 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2587 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2590 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2591 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2593 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2597 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2598 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2599 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2600 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2603 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2606 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2607 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2614 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2616 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2620 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2621 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2622 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2625 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2626 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2627 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2628 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2629 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2630 follows IRIX's practice.
2632 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2633 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2634 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2635 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2639 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2640 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2641 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2645 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2646 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2647 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2648 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2649 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2650 their entries can be omitted. */
2651 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2652 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2655 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2656 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2657 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2658 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2659 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2660 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2661 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2662 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2663 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2666 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2667 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2668 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2669 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2670 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2671 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2672 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2673 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2674 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2675 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2676 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2677 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2678 points back to the master GOT. */
2679 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2680 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2686 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2688 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2689 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2690 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2691 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2693 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2694 list that gg points to. */
2700 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
2703 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
2707 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2708 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2714 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2715 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2717 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2718 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
2719 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2720 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
2722 while (relocation
< relend
)
2724 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2730 /* We didn't find it. */
2731 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2735 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2738 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
2739 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2740 asection
**local_sections
,
2741 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
2743 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2744 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2745 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2748 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2749 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2750 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2752 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2754 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2759 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2760 was forced local. */
2761 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2762 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2763 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2764 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2765 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2766 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2767 if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0)
2774 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2777 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2779 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2780 /* VALUE is negative. */
2781 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2786 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2787 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
2791 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
2793 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2795 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2796 /* The value is too big. */
2798 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2799 /* The value is too small. */
2806 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2809 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
2811 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2814 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2817 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2820 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2827 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2830 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2833 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2840 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2843 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
2844 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2847 register asection
*s
;
2849 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2851 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2854 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2856 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2857 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2858 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2861 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2867 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2870 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2871 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
2874 register asection
*s
;
2875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2876 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2877 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2880 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2881 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2884 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2885 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2889 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2890 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2893 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2895 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
2896 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
2897 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2899 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2900 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2903 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2904 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2905 are not creating a global offset table. */
2907 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2908 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2909 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2912 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2913 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
2914 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
2915 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2918 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2921 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2922 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2925 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2926 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2927 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2928 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2931 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2932 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
2933 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2935 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2936 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2937 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2942 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2943 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2944 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2946 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2947 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2948 relocation must be JALX.
2950 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2951 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2952 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2953 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2955 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2956 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
2957 asection
*input_section
,
2958 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2959 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
2960 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
2961 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
2962 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
2963 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
2964 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
2966 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2968 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2971 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2972 shared object file being produced. */
2973 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2974 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2977 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2978 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2979 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2980 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2981 during execution. */
2982 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2983 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2985 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
2986 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
2987 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2989 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
2990 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2991 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
2992 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2994 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2996 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
2997 relocation value. */
2998 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
2999 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3000 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3002 /* Parse the relocation. */
3003 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3004 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3005 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3006 + input_section
->output_offset
3007 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3009 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3010 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3012 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3013 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3014 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3015 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3016 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3017 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3018 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3019 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3022 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3023 must come before globals. */
3027 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3030 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3032 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3033 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3035 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3036 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3037 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3038 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3039 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3040 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3042 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3044 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3047 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3048 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3051 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3052 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3053 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3056 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3058 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3062 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3064 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3065 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3066 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3067 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3068 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3069 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3070 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3072 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3073 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3075 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3076 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3077 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3078 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3080 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3081 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3082 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3083 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3087 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3088 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3089 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3091 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3092 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3093 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3095 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3096 if (sec
->output_section
)
3097 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3098 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3099 + sec
->output_offset
);
3101 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3103 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3104 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3105 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3106 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3109 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
3110 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3112 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3113 strcmp (*namep
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3115 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3116 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3117 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3118 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3119 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3121 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3122 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3127 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3128 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3129 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3130 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
3131 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
3132 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3136 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3139 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3140 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3142 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3143 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3144 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3145 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3146 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3148 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3149 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3152 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3155 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3159 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3161 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3162 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3163 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
3165 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3166 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3168 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3169 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3171 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3176 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3178 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3179 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3181 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3188 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3191 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3193 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
3194 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3197 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3198 special jalx instruction. */
3199 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
3200 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3201 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3203 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3204 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3206 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3207 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3210 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3211 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3212 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
3214 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
3215 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
3221 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3222 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3223 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3224 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3225 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3226 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3229 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
3230 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
3231 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
3233 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3234 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3236 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3237 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3239 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3240 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)))
3242 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3243 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3244 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3245 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3246 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3247 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3250 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3251 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3252 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3256 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3257 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3259 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3262 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3263 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3264 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3269 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3270 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3271 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3272 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3273 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3274 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3275 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3276 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3278 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3286 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3290 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3293 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3294 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3301 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3303 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3304 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3305 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3306 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
3308 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3310 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3311 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3312 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3313 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3316 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3324 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3328 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3329 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3333 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3337 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3338 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3341 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3342 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
3343 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3344 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3348 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3349 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3350 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3351 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3352 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3355 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3357 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3358 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3364 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3365 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3369 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3370 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3376 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3379 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3380 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3381 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3382 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3383 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3386 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3387 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3390 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3391 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3392 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3393 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3394 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3395 not check for overflow here. */
3399 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3400 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3401 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3402 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3407 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3408 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3409 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3410 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3411 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3412 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3413 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3414 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3415 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3416 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3417 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3418 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3419 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3420 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3421 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3422 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3426 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3435 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3436 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3438 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3439 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3440 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3441 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3442 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3443 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3445 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3446 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3447 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3453 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3456 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3459 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3460 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3462 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3466 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3467 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3470 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3471 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3472 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3473 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3474 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3476 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3477 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3480 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3481 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3482 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3485 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3486 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
3487 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
3491 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3492 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3493 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3494 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3495 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3496 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3499 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3501 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3504 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3508 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3509 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3513 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3514 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3517 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3518 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3519 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3522 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3523 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3524 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3529 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3530 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3531 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3533 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3534 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3535 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3536 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3539 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3540 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3543 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3545 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3548 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3551 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3552 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3553 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
3556 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3558 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3559 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3561 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3562 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3563 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3564 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3565 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3566 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3571 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3572 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3573 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3574 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3575 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3576 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3578 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3581 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3582 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3583 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3584 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3585 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
3586 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
3590 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3592 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3593 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3595 /* Obtain the current value. */
3596 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3598 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3599 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3601 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3602 value in a funny way. */
3603 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3605 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3606 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3609 The format of these instructions is:
3611 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3612 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3613 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3615 +-----------------------------------------------+
3617 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3618 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3620 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3621 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3622 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3623 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3624 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3625 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3626 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3627 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3628 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3629 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3632 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3633 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3634 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3635 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3636 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3637 value as two 16-bit values.
3639 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3643 +--------+----------------------+
3647 +--------+----------------------+
3650 +----------+------+-------------+
3654 +----------+--------------------+
3655 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3656 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3658 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
3659 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3660 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3661 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3662 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3664 if (!info
->relocatable
)
3665 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3666 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3667 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3668 | (value
& 0xffff));
3670 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3672 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3673 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3675 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3676 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3677 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3678 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3679 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3681 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3684 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3685 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3686 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3688 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3689 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3690 little-endian system. */
3691 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3692 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3696 /* Set the field. */
3697 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3699 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3703 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3704 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3706 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3707 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3709 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3714 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3718 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3721 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3722 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3723 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd
),
3724 input_section
->name
,
3725 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3726 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3730 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3731 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3734 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3735 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3736 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3737 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3738 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3740 /* Put the value into the output. */
3741 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3745 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3748 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
3750 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3752 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3753 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3754 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3757 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3760 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int n
)
3764 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3765 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3769 /* Make room for a null element. */
3770 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3773 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3776 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3777 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3778 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3779 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3782 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3783 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3784 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3785 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3786 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
3787 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
3789 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3795 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3796 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3797 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3798 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3799 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3800 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3804 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3805 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3806 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3807 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3808 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3809 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3812 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3813 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3814 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3815 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3817 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3818 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3822 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3823 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3824 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3825 machinery tell us the offset. */
3826 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3827 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3828 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3830 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3835 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3836 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
3838 else if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
3840 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
3841 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
3842 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
3847 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3848 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3849 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3851 memset (outrel
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * 3);
3855 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
3857 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3858 in the relocation. */
3860 && (! info
->symbolic
|| (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3861 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
3862 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3864 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3866 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3867 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3868 defined_p
= ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3869 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) != 0);
3871 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
3872 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
3873 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
3874 undefined symbols. */
3879 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3881 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3888 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3893 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
3894 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
3895 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
3896 local symbols because we used to generate them
3897 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
3898 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
3899 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
3900 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
3901 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
3902 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
3904 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
3905 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
3906 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
3907 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
3908 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
3913 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3914 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3915 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3916 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3917 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3920 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3921 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3922 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3924 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
3925 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
3926 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
3927 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
3928 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
3929 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
3930 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
3931 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
3932 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
3933 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
3934 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
3935 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
3936 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
3937 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3940 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
3942 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3943 correct location in the output file. */
3944 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3945 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3946 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3947 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3948 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3949 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3952 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3953 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3954 relocation format is non-standard. */
3955 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3957 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3958 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3960 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3963 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3964 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3965 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3967 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3968 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3970 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3971 will be writing to it. */
3972 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
3975 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3976 if (! skip
&& IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
3978 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
3983 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
3985 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
3986 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
3987 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
3988 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3989 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
3990 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
3992 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
3993 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
3994 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
3996 cr
= (scpt
->contents
3997 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
3998 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
3999 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4000 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4001 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4008 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4011 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4013 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4015 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4016 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4018 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4019 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4021 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4022 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4024 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4025 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4027 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4028 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4030 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4031 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4033 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4034 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4036 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4037 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4039 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4040 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4043 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4047 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4051 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4055 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4059 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4063 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4066 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4067 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4070 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4071 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4074 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4075 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4078 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
4079 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
4087 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4089 static INLINE
char *
4090 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
4094 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4095 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4098 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4100 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4104 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4106 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4108 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4110 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4113 return "unknown abi";
4117 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4118 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4119 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4120 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4121 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4122 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4123 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4124 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4126 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4127 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4128 definition in a shared library. */
4129 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4130 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4131 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4133 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4134 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4137 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
4139 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4141 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4142 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4144 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4145 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4146 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4147 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4148 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4149 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4150 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4152 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4153 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4154 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4155 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4156 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4157 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4158 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4159 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4160 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4161 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4163 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4167 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4168 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4169 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4170 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4173 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4174 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4176 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4177 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4178 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4179 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4180 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4181 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4182 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4183 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4184 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4185 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4187 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4188 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4191 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4192 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4195 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4197 asym
->section
= mips_elf_text_section_ptr
;
4201 asym
->section
= mips_elf_data_section_ptr
;
4207 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
4208 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
4209 same address. For example, if we have code like:
4211 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
4212 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
4215 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
4216 will jump there rather than to .text.
4218 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
4219 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
4222 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
4224 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
4227 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4228 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4229 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4233 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
4235 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4236 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4240 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4241 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4244 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4247 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4248 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4252 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4253 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4254 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4255 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4257 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4259 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4260 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4261 so that we don't have to read them again.
4262 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4263 through the section contents to see if there is an
4264 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4266 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4268 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4269 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4271 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4273 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4275 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4282 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4283 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4286 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4287 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
4290 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4297 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4298 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4301 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4302 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
4309 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4311 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4313 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4314 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4315 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4317 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4318 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4320 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4322 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4323 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4325 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4327 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4328 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4330 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4333 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4335 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4337 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4339 unsigned int adjust
;
4341 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4343 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4351 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4352 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4353 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4355 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4359 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
4364 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4365 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4366 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4367 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4368 probably get away with this. */
4369 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4371 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4372 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4376 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4379 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4380 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4383 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4384 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4387 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4388 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4391 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4392 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4394 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4396 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4397 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4398 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4400 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4402 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4403 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4406 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4407 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4410 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4411 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4414 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4415 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4418 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4419 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4422 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4423 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4424 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4425 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4432 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4437 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4438 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4444 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4446 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4447 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4448 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4449 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4450 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4452 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4455 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4456 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
4458 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4459 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4462 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4463 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4464 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4465 they should agree. */
4466 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4468 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4470 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4471 if (contents
== NULL
)
4473 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4480 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4481 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4483 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4485 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4487 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4489 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4491 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4493 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4494 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4496 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4498 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4500 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4502 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4504 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4505 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4507 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4517 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4518 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4519 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4522 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
4524 register const char *name
;
4526 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4528 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4530 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4531 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4532 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4534 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4535 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4536 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4538 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4539 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4540 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4542 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4543 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4544 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4546 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4547 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4548 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4549 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4550 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4552 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4554 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4556 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4557 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4558 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4559 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4561 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4562 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4564 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4567 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4569 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4570 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4571 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4572 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4574 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4575 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4577 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4578 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4581 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4582 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4583 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4584 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4585 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4586 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4587 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4588 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4590 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4591 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4593 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4595 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4596 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4597 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4599 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4601 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4602 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4603 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4605 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4606 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4607 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4609 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4610 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4611 final_write_processing. */
4613 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4614 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4615 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4617 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4618 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4619 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4621 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4623 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4624 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4625 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4628 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
4629 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
4630 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
4631 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
4632 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
4637 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4638 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4639 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4640 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4641 the .scommon section. */
4644 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4645 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
4647 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4649 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4652 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4654 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4660 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4661 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4664 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4665 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
4666 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4667 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
4669 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4670 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4671 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4673 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4678 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4681 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4682 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4683 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4684 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4687 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4688 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4689 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4690 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4694 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4695 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4697 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4698 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4699 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4701 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4702 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4705 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4706 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4707 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4710 /* Initialize the section. */
4712 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4713 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4715 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4716 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4718 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4719 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4720 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4721 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4722 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4723 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4724 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4726 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4727 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4728 so I took it out. */
4729 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4732 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4733 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4735 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4736 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4738 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4739 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4740 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4742 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4743 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4746 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4747 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4748 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4751 /* Initialize the section. */
4753 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4754 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4756 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4757 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4759 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4760 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4761 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4762 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4763 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4764 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4765 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4767 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4768 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4769 so I took it out. */
4770 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4773 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4774 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4778 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4780 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4781 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4783 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4784 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4786 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4788 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4789 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
4790 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4793 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4794 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4795 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4796 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4798 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4801 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4804 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4805 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4806 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4807 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4813 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4814 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4815 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4818 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
4819 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4820 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
4821 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4823 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4824 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4825 common in the output file. */
4826 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4827 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4828 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4830 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4831 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
4836 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4838 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4841 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4843 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4844 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4846 register asection
*s
;
4847 const char * const *namep
;
4849 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4850 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4852 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4853 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4856 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4860 /* We need to create .got section. */
4861 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4864 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4867 /* Create .stub section. */
4868 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4869 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4871 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4873 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4874 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4875 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4879 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4881 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4883 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4885 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4886 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4887 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4891 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4892 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4893 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4894 the linker takes such action. */
4895 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4897 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
4900 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4901 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4902 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4905 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4906 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4907 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4908 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4910 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4914 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4915 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4917 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
4921 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4922 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
4924 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4925 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4927 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4928 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4930 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4931 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
4933 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4934 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4936 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
4943 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4945 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4946 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
4947 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4950 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4951 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4952 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4953 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4955 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4958 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
4960 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4961 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4962 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
4963 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4964 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4965 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4967 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
4969 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4970 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
4971 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4974 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4975 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4976 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4977 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4979 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4987 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4988 allocate space in the global offset table. */
4991 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4992 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4996 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4997 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4998 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5000 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5001 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5004 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5006 if (info
->relocatable
)
5009 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5010 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5011 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5012 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5014 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5016 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5017 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5019 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5021 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5024 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5026 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5027 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5031 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5032 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5033 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5034 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5036 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5037 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5039 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5040 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5041 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5042 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5043 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5044 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5045 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5046 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5047 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5051 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
5053 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5056 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5057 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5058 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5059 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5062 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5071 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5072 not need it. Since this function is called before
5073 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5074 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5076 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5080 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5082 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5084 unsigned long symcount
;
5088 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5089 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5091 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5092 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5093 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5096 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5099 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5101 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5102 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5103 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5104 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5108 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5110 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5111 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5113 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5116 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5119 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5120 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5122 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5123 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5126 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5129 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5131 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5132 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5134 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5135 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5136 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5137 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5138 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5139 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5140 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5144 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5145 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5147 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5149 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5150 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5152 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5154 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5155 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5156 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5157 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5158 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5159 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5160 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5161 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5162 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5164 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5169 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5179 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5184 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5185 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5186 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5191 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5192 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5193 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5195 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5196 unsigned int r_type
;
5197 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5199 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5200 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5202 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5204 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5206 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5207 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5208 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), name
);
5209 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5214 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5216 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5219 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5220 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5224 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5225 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5231 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5232 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5233 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5234 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5235 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5236 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5237 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5239 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5240 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5242 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5249 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5250 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5251 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5259 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5260 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5261 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5263 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5264 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5265 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5266 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5267 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5268 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5269 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5270 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5280 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5281 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5282 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5283 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5288 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5289 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5292 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5293 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5296 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5297 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5298 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
5299 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
;
5304 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5305 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
5306 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
5311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
5312 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5314 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5315 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5316 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5317 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5319 if ((hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)
5320 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
5321 && ! (hmips
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
5322 & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5328 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5329 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5330 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5331 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5332 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5339 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5340 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5344 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5348 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5351 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5352 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5353 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5354 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5355 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5356 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5357 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5358 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5359 relocations against the text segment. */
5360 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5364 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5366 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5367 defined in a dynamic object. */
5368 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5369 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5370 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5371 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5372 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5373 are relocations against the text segment. */
5374 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5377 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5378 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5379 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5380 dynamic relocations against it. */
5384 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5385 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5387 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5388 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5393 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5394 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5395 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5399 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5400 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5401 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5402 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5403 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5404 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5407 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5408 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5409 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5410 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5414 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5415 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5416 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5417 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5425 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5426 related to taking the function's address. */
5432 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5434 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5435 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5439 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5440 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5445 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5446 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5447 References from a stub section do not count. */
5449 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5450 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5451 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5452 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5453 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5454 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5455 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5457 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5459 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5460 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5468 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
5469 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5472 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5473 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
5474 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5475 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5477 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
5478 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5479 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
5481 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
5484 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
5487 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
5488 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5489 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5492 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
5493 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5494 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5495 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5497 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
5500 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
5501 unsigned int r_type
;
5502 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5504 unsigned long instruction
;
5506 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
5507 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
5508 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
5509 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5510 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
5513 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
5514 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
5515 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
5517 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
5518 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5519 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5521 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5522 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5523 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5525 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
5527 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5528 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5529 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5530 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
5531 && ! (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
)))
5534 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5535 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
5536 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5537 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5538 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
5540 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5544 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5546 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
5547 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
5549 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5550 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5551 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5552 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
5554 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
5558 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
5559 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
5561 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5562 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5563 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
5564 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
5567 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5568 symval
= isym
->st_value
5569 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
5570 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
5573 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
5575 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
5576 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
5578 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
5579 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
5584 /* Check that it's in range. */
5585 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
5588 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
5589 if (contents
== NULL
)
5591 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
5592 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
5593 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5596 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
5601 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5603 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
5604 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
5605 instruction
= 0x04110000;
5606 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
5607 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
5608 instruction
= 0x10000000;
5612 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
5613 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
5614 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
5617 if (contents
!= NULL
5618 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5620 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
5624 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
5625 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5631 if (contents
!= NULL
5632 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5637 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5638 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5639 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5640 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5644 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5645 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5648 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5651 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5653 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5654 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5655 && ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
)
5656 || h
->weakdef
!= NULL
5657 || ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5658 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
5659 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5660 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) != 0
5661 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5662 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)));
5664 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5665 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5667 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5668 if (! info
->relocatable
5669 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5670 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5671 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5672 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
5674 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5675 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5676 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5677 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5678 against the text segment. */
5679 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5682 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5683 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5684 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
5686 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5689 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5690 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5691 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5692 executable and the shared library. */
5693 if ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
5695 /* We need .stub section. */
5696 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5697 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5698 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5700 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5701 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
5703 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5704 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
5706 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5707 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5709 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5710 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5714 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5715 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) == 0)
5717 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5718 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5719 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5723 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5724 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5725 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5726 if (h
->weakdef
!= NULL
)
5728 BFD_ASSERT (h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5729 || h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5730 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5731 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5735 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5736 is not a function. */
5741 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5742 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5743 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5746 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5747 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5753 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5755 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5756 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5759 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5760 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5762 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5764 if (! (info
->relocatable
5765 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5766 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5767 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
5769 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5771 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5774 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5778 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5779 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5781 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5783 asection
*subsection
;
5785 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5787 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5789 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5791 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
5792 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5796 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5797 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5798 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5799 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5801 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5804 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5805 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5807 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5808 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5811 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5812 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5814 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5816 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5817 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5818 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5820 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5821 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5823 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5824 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5826 if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5827 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5833 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5836 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5837 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5841 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5843 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5844 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5846 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5848 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5849 if (info
->executable
)
5851 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5852 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5854 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5856 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5860 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5861 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5864 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5869 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5870 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5871 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5873 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5878 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5882 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5883 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5884 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5885 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5886 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5887 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5889 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5890 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
5895 const char *outname
;
5898 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5899 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5900 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5901 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5902 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5904 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
5906 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
5908 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
5909 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5910 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5913 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5914 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5915 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5918 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5919 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5920 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5921 will move them around between input sections'
5922 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5923 broken, so don't let it run. */
5924 info
->combreloc
= 0;
5927 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
5929 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5930 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5931 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5933 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
5934 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
5935 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
5936 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
5940 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5941 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
5943 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
5944 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5946 unsigned int save_assign
;
5948 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
5950 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
5951 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
5952 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5953 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
5954 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
5955 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
5956 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
5957 &set_got_offset_arg
);
5958 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
5959 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
5960 <= g
->global_gotno
);
5962 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
5965 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
5966 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
5967 + g
->next
->global_gotno
5968 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
5973 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
5976 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
5978 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
5979 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
5980 s
->size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5982 else if (! info
->shared
5983 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
5984 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
5986 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
5987 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
5990 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
5991 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
5992 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
5993 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
5995 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
6001 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
6005 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
6006 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
6007 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6009 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
6014 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6016 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
6017 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
6018 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
6019 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
6020 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
6023 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
6024 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
6025 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
6027 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6029 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6035 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
6036 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6038 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
6043 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6044 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6046 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
6048 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
6052 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
6055 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
6057 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
6060 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
6063 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
6067 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
6070 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
6074 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
6075 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
6080 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
6085 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
6089 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
6092 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
6095 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
6098 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
6101 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
6104 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
6105 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
6108 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
6109 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
6110 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
6111 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
6118 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
6121 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6122 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
6123 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6124 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6125 asection
**local_sections
)
6127 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6128 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6130 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6131 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6133 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6134 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6135 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
6139 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6140 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
6141 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
6143 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
6144 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6147 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
6148 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
6150 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
6151 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6152 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6153 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6154 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6155 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6156 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6158 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6160 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6164 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6165 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6166 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6167 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6168 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6171 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6173 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6175 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6176 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6177 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6178 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6179 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6180 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6181 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6182 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6183 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6184 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6185 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6187 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6188 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6190 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6191 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6193 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6195 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6196 combination of the addend stored in two different
6198 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6199 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6200 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6201 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6204 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6205 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6207 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6208 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6209 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6210 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6213 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
6215 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
6216 relocation must be immediately following.
6217 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
6218 may be a composed relocation consisting of
6219 several relocations for the same address. In
6220 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
6221 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
6222 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
6223 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
6226 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6229 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6230 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
6231 R_MIPS_LO16
, FALSE
);
6232 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6233 input_bfd
, contents
);
6234 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6235 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6236 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6240 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6243 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6245 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6246 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6248 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6249 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6253 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6256 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6259 if (info
->relocatable
)
6261 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6262 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6264 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6265 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6268 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6269 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6270 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6271 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6272 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6273 that we're adjusting GP in this relocatable object. */
6275 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6277 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6280 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6281 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6282 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6283 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6284 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6285 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6287 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6288 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6289 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6290 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6291 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6293 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6294 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend. */
6295 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6298 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6299 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
6300 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6301 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6302 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6303 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6304 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6306 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6308 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
6309 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
6310 source of the addend in the final link. */
6311 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6313 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6314 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6315 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6316 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6317 but for endianness. */
6323 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6325 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6332 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6333 do two separate stores. */
6334 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6336 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6338 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6344 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6346 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6347 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6348 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6349 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6353 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6354 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6359 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6363 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6364 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6365 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6367 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6368 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6369 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6370 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6372 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6374 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6375 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6376 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6377 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6378 local_sections
, &value
,
6379 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6380 use_saved_addend_p
))
6382 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6383 /* There's nothing to do. */
6386 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6387 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6388 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6389 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6390 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6393 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6394 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6395 info
->callbacks
->warning
6396 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6399 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6400 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6401 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6402 a given location. */
6406 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6407 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6408 (info
, name
, howto
->name
, 0,
6409 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6422 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6423 until we reach the last one. */
6424 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6430 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6431 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6432 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6433 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6434 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6435 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6436 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6437 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6443 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6445 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6452 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6453 do two separate stores. */
6454 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6456 /* Undo what we did above. */
6458 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6460 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6466 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6468 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6469 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6470 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6471 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6475 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6476 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6477 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6478 contents
, require_jalx
))
6485 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6486 adjust it appropriately now. */
6489 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6490 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6492 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6493 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6494 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6497 "__dso_displacement",
6499 "__program_header_table",
6503 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6511 const char* const *p
;
6514 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6515 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6518 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6520 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6522 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6523 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6525 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6527 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6529 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6535 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6536 dynamic sections here. */
6539 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6540 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6541 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6542 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6546 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6549 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6551 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
6554 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6556 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6558 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6560 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6561 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6562 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6564 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6565 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6568 /* Fill the stub. */
6569 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6570 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6571 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6572 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6574 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
6575 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6577 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6578 only for the referenced symbol. */
6579 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6581 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6582 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6583 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6584 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
6588 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6589 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0);
6591 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6592 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6593 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6594 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6595 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6597 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6598 the symbols that need them. */
6599 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6600 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6605 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6606 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6607 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6610 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6612 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6618 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6620 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6622 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6625 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6630 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6632 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6633 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6634 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6635 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
6637 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
6638 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
6639 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
6640 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
6641 appropriate addend. */
6642 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6644 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6645 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6646 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
6648 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
6649 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6652 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6653 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6654 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
6658 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
6659 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6664 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6665 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6666 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6667 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6668 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6669 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6670 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6672 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6673 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6676 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6678 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6679 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6680 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6682 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6684 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6685 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6687 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6688 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6690 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6692 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6694 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6695 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6696 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6697 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6699 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6701 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6702 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6703 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6704 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6708 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6709 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6710 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6714 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6715 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6716 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6718 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6719 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6720 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6721 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
6722 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6723 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6725 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6726 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6728 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6729 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6730 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6731 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6733 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6737 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6738 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6739 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
6744 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6747 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6748 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6753 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6755 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6757 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6759 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6764 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6765 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6766 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6767 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6768 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6771 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6775 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6776 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6778 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6779 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
6780 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6782 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6786 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6788 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6789 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6791 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6797 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6798 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6799 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6803 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6805 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6810 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6811 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6812 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6815 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6816 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
6820 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
6823 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
6824 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
6827 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
6832 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
6837 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
6838 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
6839 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6840 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
6843 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
6844 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
6847 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
6848 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6849 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6850 referenced within the same object. */
6851 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
6854 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
6855 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
6857 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6860 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6861 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6862 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6864 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
6866 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6867 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6868 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6870 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
6873 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
6874 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
6877 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
6878 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
6881 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6882 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
6883 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
6884 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6888 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
6889 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
6890 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
6891 are trailing null entries. */
6892 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6893 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
6894 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6895 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
6896 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6905 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
6910 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6911 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6912 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6913 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
6915 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
6916 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000,
6917 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6921 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
6922 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6924 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6925 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
6927 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6930 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6931 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6933 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6935 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
6937 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
6938 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6939 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
6940 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6945 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
6947 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
6948 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6949 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6950 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
6951 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6954 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
6961 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
6963 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6965 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
6966 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6970 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
6972 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
6973 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6976 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
6977 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
6980 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
6981 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6982 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6985 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
6987 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6988 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6989 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
6990 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6995 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
6997 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7000 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
7002 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7004 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
7005 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7006 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
7008 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1, s
->reloc_count
- 1,
7009 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
7017 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
7020 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
7024 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
7027 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
7028 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
7031 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
7032 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
7035 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
7036 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
7039 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
7040 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
7041 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
7042 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
7043 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
7046 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
7047 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7050 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7051 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7054 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7055 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7058 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7059 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7062 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7063 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7066 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7067 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7070 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7071 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7074 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7075 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
7076 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7077 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7078 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7079 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7082 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7083 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7086 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7087 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7090 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7091 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7094 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7095 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7098 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7099 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7102 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
7103 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
7106 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7107 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7112 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7113 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7114 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7117 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
7118 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7125 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7126 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7127 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7128 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7129 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7131 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7132 info for each special section. */
7133 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7134 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7137 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7140 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7141 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7143 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7146 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7147 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7148 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7149 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7150 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7151 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7152 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7153 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7156 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7157 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7158 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7159 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7160 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7161 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7162 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7163 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7164 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7165 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7168 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7169 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7171 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7172 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7174 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7177 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7178 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7179 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7180 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7181 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7182 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7183 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7186 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7187 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7188 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7190 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7192 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7193 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7200 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7204 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
7209 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7210 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7211 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7214 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7215 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7216 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7217 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7220 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7221 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7222 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7223 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7229 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7232 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
7233 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7236 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7239 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7241 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7242 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7244 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7245 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7250 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7254 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7258 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7259 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7261 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7262 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7270 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7271 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7272 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7275 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7276 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7277 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7279 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7281 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7282 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7287 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7289 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7291 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7292 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7295 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7296 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7297 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7298 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7299 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7300 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7301 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7302 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7303 *pm
= options_segment
;
7308 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7310 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7311 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7312 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7313 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7314 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7316 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7317 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7322 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7326 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7328 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7333 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7341 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7342 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7343 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7353 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7354 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7356 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7358 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7361 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7363 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7364 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7365 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7366 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7367 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7369 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7370 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7374 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7376 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7378 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7382 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7386 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7388 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7389 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7396 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7402 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7403 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7405 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
7408 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7409 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7416 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7418 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7420 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
7434 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7438 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
7439 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7440 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7441 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7442 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7444 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7448 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7450 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7451 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7455 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7457 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7458 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7459 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7461 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7462 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7470 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7475 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7478 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7479 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7480 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7481 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7484 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7486 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7487 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7488 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7489 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7491 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7492 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7493 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7495 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7496 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7497 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7501 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7502 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7503 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7504 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7505 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7506 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7507 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7508 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7509 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7510 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7521 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7522 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7523 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7524 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7527 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
7528 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7529 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7531 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7533 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7535 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7538 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7539 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7540 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7541 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7542 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7543 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7544 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7548 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7549 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
7550 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7554 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7555 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7557 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7558 if (h
->forced_local
)
7560 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
7562 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7563 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
)
7565 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7566 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7570 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7571 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7573 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7574 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7575 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7576 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7577 the upper limit of global entries. */
7582 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7583 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7585 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7590 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7591 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7592 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7593 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7594 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7596 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7597 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7600 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7601 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7602 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7605 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7607 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7608 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7610 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7616 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7622 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
7623 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7626 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7627 unsigned char *tdata
;
7630 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7635 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7637 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7638 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7641 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7645 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7653 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7654 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7656 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
7658 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7667 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7668 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7674 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7675 free (cookie
->rels
);
7681 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
7683 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7689 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
7692 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7695 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7698 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7702 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
7703 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7705 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7707 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7710 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7713 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7714 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
7718 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7719 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7721 struct mips_elf_find_line
7723 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7724 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7728 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
7729 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
7730 const char **filename_ptr
,
7731 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7732 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7736 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7737 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7741 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7742 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7743 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
7744 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7747 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
7751 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
7752 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
7753 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
7755 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7756 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7757 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7758 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
7759 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
7760 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7762 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
7765 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
7768 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
7769 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
7771 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7774 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7778 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
7780 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7784 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7785 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
7786 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7787 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
7789 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7792 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
7793 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
7794 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
7795 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
7796 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
7797 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
7798 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
7800 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
7802 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7803 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7804 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7805 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7806 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7807 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7810 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
7811 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7814 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7818 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7821 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7823 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7824 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7828 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7829 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7830 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7833 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
7834 const void *location
,
7835 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
7837 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
7841 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7843 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
7844 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7845 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7848 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
7851 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
7854 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
7857 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
7860 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
7864 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7865 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7868 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
7870 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7871 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
7873 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
7876 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7877 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
7878 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7881 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
7882 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
7888 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
7889 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
7892 /* read in the section */
7893 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
7894 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
7897 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
7901 if (reloc_count
< 0)
7904 if (reloc_count
> 0)
7909 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7912 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
7913 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
7914 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
7915 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
7916 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
7920 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
7921 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7928 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
7929 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
7930 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7933 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7934 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7936 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
7938 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
7939 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
7941 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
7943 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
7952 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
7954 char *error_message
= NULL
;
7955 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7957 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
7958 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
7959 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
7960 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
7962 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
7966 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
7967 fall over on its own. */
7969 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
7970 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
7972 /* bypass special_function call */
7973 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
7974 input_section
, relocatable
,
7976 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
7978 /* end mips specific stuff */
7980 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
, input_section
,
7981 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
7983 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
7987 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
7989 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
7990 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
7994 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
7998 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7999 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
8000 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8001 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8005 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8006 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
8007 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8008 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8009 (*parent
)->address
)))
8012 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8013 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8014 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8015 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8016 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8019 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8028 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8029 free (reloc_vector
);
8033 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8034 free (reloc_vector
);
8038 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8040 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8041 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
8043 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8044 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8046 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8050 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8051 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8058 /* We no longer use this. */
8059 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8060 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8062 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8063 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8064 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8066 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8068 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8071 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8072 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8073 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8076 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8080 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8081 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8082 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8083 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8084 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8085 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
8086 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8087 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8088 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8094 static const char * const secname
[] =
8096 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8097 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8099 static const int sc
[] =
8101 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8102 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8105 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8106 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8107 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8109 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8113 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8115 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8116 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8117 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8118 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8119 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8121 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, (info
->shared
8122 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd
) + 1
8126 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8127 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8128 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8129 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8131 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8132 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8133 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8134 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8138 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8139 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8140 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8141 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8142 better off including it then not. */
8143 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8144 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8146 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8148 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8149 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8150 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8151 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8152 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8153 --abfd
->section_count
;
8159 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8160 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8161 to be better off including it than not. */
8162 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8164 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8166 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8167 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8168 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8169 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8170 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8171 --abfd
->section_count
;
8178 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8179 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8181 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8183 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8184 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8185 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8186 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8187 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8188 else if (info
->relocatable
)
8190 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8192 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8193 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8195 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8198 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8199 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8203 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8204 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8205 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8209 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8213 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8214 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8215 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8217 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8219 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8221 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8222 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8223 the information together. */
8224 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8226 asection
*input_section
;
8228 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8231 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8233 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8238 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8239 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8241 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8242 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8245 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8247 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8248 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8249 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8250 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8251 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8253 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8254 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8255 finally written out. */
8257 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8258 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8259 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8262 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8263 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8265 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8266 matters, but someday it might). */
8267 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8272 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8274 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8277 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8278 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8279 the information together. */
8280 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8281 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8283 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8287 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8288 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8289 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8291 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8294 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8296 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8297 debug_info structure. */
8299 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8300 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8301 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8302 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8303 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8305 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8306 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8307 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8308 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8310 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8311 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
8315 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8319 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8320 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8321 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8322 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8324 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8326 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8327 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8330 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8331 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
8334 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8335 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8340 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8342 asection
*input_section
;
8344 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8345 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8349 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8351 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8356 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8357 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8359 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8360 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8361 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8363 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8364 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8365 want to deal with it. */
8369 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8370 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8372 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
8374 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8375 read in the debugging information and set up an
8376 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8377 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8381 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8382 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8383 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8386 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8387 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8388 the linker global hash table and save the information
8389 for the output external symbols. */
8390 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8391 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8392 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8393 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8395 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8396 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8400 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8402 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
8403 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8404 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8405 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8408 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8409 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8410 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8411 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8417 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8418 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8424 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8425 free (input_debug
.line
);
8426 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8427 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8428 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8429 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8430 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8431 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8432 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8433 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8434 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8435 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8437 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8438 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8439 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8442 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8444 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8445 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8446 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8448 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8449 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8451 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8452 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8453 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8454 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8458 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8464 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8467 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8469 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8470 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8471 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
8475 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8476 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8478 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8479 matters, but someday it might). */
8480 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8485 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8487 const char *subname
;
8490 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8493 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8494 information describing how the small data area would
8495 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8496 not used in executables files. */
8497 if (! info
->relocatable
)
8499 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8501 asection
*input_section
;
8503 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8505 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8510 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8512 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8513 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8514 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8517 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8518 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8519 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8521 /* Really remove the section. */
8522 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8524 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8526 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8527 --abfd
->section_count
;
8532 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8533 uninitialized data. */
8534 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8536 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8540 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8541 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8542 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8543 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8547 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8548 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8549 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8550 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8551 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8552 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8553 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8555 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8556 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8558 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8559 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8560 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8563 /* Set up the first entry. */
8565 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8566 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
8569 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8570 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8572 /* Combine the input sections. */
8573 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8575 asection
*input_section
;
8579 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8581 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8583 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8588 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8589 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8591 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8592 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8593 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8594 size
= input_section
->size
;
8596 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8598 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8600 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8601 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8607 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8608 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
8609 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8615 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8617 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8618 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8621 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8623 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8624 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8626 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8632 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8635 /* We need a new table entry. */
8636 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8637 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
8638 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8644 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8645 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8647 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8648 value, since that will be implied by this new
8651 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8653 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8655 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8656 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8660 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8661 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8666 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8669 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8670 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8671 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8674 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8676 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8678 /* Swap out the table. */
8679 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8680 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8681 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8687 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8688 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8691 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8692 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
8694 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8695 matters, but someday it might). */
8696 o
->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8700 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8701 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
8704 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8706 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
8708 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8710 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
8711 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
8715 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
8717 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
8718 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
8720 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
8723 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8726 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
8728 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
8729 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
8730 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
8734 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
8736 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
8737 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
8738 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
8742 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8744 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8745 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
8747 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
8748 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
8749 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
8757 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8759 struct mips_mach_extension
{
8760 unsigned long extension
, base
;
8764 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8765 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8767 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
8768 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8769 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8770 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8772 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8773 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
8775 /* R10000 extensions. */
8776 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
8778 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8779 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8780 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8781 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8782 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8783 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
8784 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
8786 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8787 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8788 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8789 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8790 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8792 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8793 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8794 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8796 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8797 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8798 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8799 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8800 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8801 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8802 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8803 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8805 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8806 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
8808 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8809 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8810 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8812 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8813 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
8814 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
8818 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8821 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
8825 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
8826 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
8827 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
8829 return extension
== base
;
8833 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8836 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
8838 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
8839 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8840 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8841 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8842 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8843 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8844 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
8848 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8849 object file when linking. */
8852 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8857 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
8860 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8861 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
8863 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8864 (_("%s: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8865 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8869 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8870 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8873 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
8875 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8876 (_("%s: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
8877 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8881 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
8882 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8883 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
8885 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
8887 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
8888 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
8889 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
8890 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
8892 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
8893 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
8895 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
8896 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
8903 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8905 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8906 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8908 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
8909 doesn't seem to matter. */
8910 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8911 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8913 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
8914 just be able to ignore this. */
8915 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
8916 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
8918 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
8921 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
8922 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
8923 actually cause any incompatibility. */
8924 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8926 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
8927 which are automatically generated by gas. */
8928 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
8929 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
8931 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
8932 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
8933 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
8935 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
8944 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
8945 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
8947 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8948 (_("%s: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
8949 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8953 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
8954 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
8955 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
8956 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
8958 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
8959 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
8961 /* Compare the ISAs. */
8962 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
8964 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8965 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
8966 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8969 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
8971 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
8972 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
8974 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
8975 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
8976 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
8977 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
8978 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
8979 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
8980 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
8982 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
8983 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
8984 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
8985 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
8986 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
8987 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
8991 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
8992 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8993 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
8994 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
8995 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
8996 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9001 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9002 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9004 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9005 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9006 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9007 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9008 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9010 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9011 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9012 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9013 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9015 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9016 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9017 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9018 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9019 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9022 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9023 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9026 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9027 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9029 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9031 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9032 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9035 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9036 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9038 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9039 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9040 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
), (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9041 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9047 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9054 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9057 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
9059 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9060 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9062 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9063 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9068 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
9072 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9074 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9075 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9077 /* xgettext:c-format */
9078 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9080 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9081 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9082 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9083 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9084 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9085 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9086 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9087 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9088 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9089 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9090 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9091 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9092 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9093 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9095 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9097 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9098 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9099 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9100 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9101 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9102 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9103 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9104 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9105 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9106 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9107 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9108 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9109 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9110 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9111 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9112 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9113 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
9114 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
9116 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9118 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9119 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9121 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9122 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9124 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9125 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9127 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
9134 struct bfd_elf_special_section
const _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[]=
9136 { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9137 { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9138 { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9139 { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
9140 { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
9141 { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
9142 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }